mirror of
https://github.com/darlinghq/darling-gdb.git
synced 2024-11-23 20:19:49 +00:00
2006-05-22 Steve Ellcey <sje@cup.hp.com>
* MAINTAINERS: Change intl updating instructions. * config.rpath: Copy from GCC tree. * intl: Replace contents of intl directory with intl from GCC tree.
This commit is contained in:
parent
943284cc7c
commit
bf070c84b1
14
MAINTAINERS
14
MAINTAINERS
@ -47,15 +47,15 @@ gdb/; readline/; sim/; GDB's part of include/
|
||||
include/
|
||||
See binutils/, gdb/, sid/, gcc/, libiberty/ etc.
|
||||
|
||||
libiberty/; libiberty's part of include/
|
||||
intl/; config.rhost; libiberty/; libiberty's part of include/
|
||||
gcc: http://gcc.gnu.org
|
||||
Changes need to be done in tandem with the official GCC
|
||||
sources or submitted to the master file maintainer and brought
|
||||
in via a merge. Note: approved patches in gcc's libiberty
|
||||
are automatically approved in this libiberty also; feel free
|
||||
to merge them yourself if needed sooner than the next merge.
|
||||
Otherwise, changes are automatically merged, usually within
|
||||
a day.
|
||||
in via a merge. Note: approved patches in gcc's libiberty or
|
||||
intl are automatically approved in this libiberty and intl also;
|
||||
feel free to merge them yourself if needed sooner than the next
|
||||
merge. Otherwise, changes are automatically merged, usually
|
||||
within a day.
|
||||
|
||||
ltconfig; ltmain.sh; ltcf-*.sh
|
||||
libtool: http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/
|
||||
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ winsup/
|
||||
See also winsup/MAINTAINERS.
|
||||
|
||||
config-ml.in; makefile.vms; mkdep; setup.com;
|
||||
etc/; intl/; utils/;
|
||||
etc/; utils/;
|
||||
Any global maintainer can approve changes to these
|
||||
files and directories.
|
||||
|
||||
|
548
config.rpath
Executable file
548
config.rpath
Executable file
@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
|
||||
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
|
||||
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
||||
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
||||
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
||||
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
||||
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
|
||||
# should be set by the caller.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
|
||||
|
||||
# Known limitations:
|
||||
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
|
||||
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
|
||||
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
|
||||
# directory and/or the installation directory.
|
||||
|
||||
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC,
|
||||
# which needs '.lib').
|
||||
libext=a
|
||||
shrext=.so
|
||||
|
||||
host="$1"
|
||||
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
|
||||
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
|
||||
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
|
||||
|
||||
wl=
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*)
|
||||
case $CC in
|
||||
icc|ecc)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
ccc)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sco3.2v5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
wl='-Qoption ld '
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS.
|
||||
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=no
|
||||
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++.
|
||||
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
ld_shlibs=yes
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
|
||||
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
|
||||
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
|
||||
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
|
||||
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
|
||||
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use
|
||||
# them.
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
|
||||
# no search path for DLLs.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris* | sysv5*)
|
||||
if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
|
||||
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
|
||||
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3*)
|
||||
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
|
||||
# are no directories specified by -L.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
|
||||
# broken collect2.
|
||||
hardcode_direct=unsupported
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix4* | aix5*)
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
|
||||
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
|
||||
# have to do anything special.
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
|
||||
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
|
||||
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
|
||||
# need to do runtime linking.
|
||||
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
|
||||
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
|
||||
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
|
||||
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
|
||||
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
|
||||
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
|
||||
then
|
||||
# We have reworked collect2
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
else
|
||||
# We have old collect2
|
||||
hardcode_direct=unsupported
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
|
||||
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
|
||||
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
|
||||
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
|
||||
}'`
|
||||
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
|
||||
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
|
||||
}'`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
|
||||
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f conftest.c conftest
|
||||
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
|
||||
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
|
||||
else
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++.
|
||||
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
|
||||
# no search path for DLLs.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
|
||||
libext=lib
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
if $CC -v 2>&1 | grep 'Apple' >/dev/null ; then
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd2.2*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd2*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
|
||||
case "$host_cpu" in
|
||||
hppa*64*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
ia64*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
os2*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sco3.2v5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4)
|
||||
case $host_vendor in
|
||||
sni)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
|
||||
;;
|
||||
siemens)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
motorola)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4.3*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
if test -d /usr/nec; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4.2uw2*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
|
||||
libname_spec='lib$name'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix4* | aix5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
shrext=.dylib
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
gnu*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
case "$host_cpu" in
|
||||
ia64*)
|
||||
shrext=.so
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hppa*64*)
|
||||
shrext=.sl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
shrext=.sl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
irix5* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
libsuff= shlibsuff=
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
case $LD in
|
||||
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
|
||||
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
|
||||
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
|
||||
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
nto-qnx)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
os2*)
|
||||
libname_spec='$name'
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sco3.2v5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
|
||||
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
|
||||
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
|
||||
sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
|
||||
|
||||
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
|
||||
wl="$escaped_wl"
|
||||
|
||||
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
|
||||
libext="$libext"
|
||||
|
||||
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
|
||||
shlibext="$shlibext"
|
||||
|
||||
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
|
||||
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
# resulting binary.
|
||||
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
# resulting binary.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
1206
intl/ChangeLog
1206
intl/ChangeLog
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
318
intl/Makefile.in
318
intl/Makefile.in
@ -1,217 +1,233 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
# This Makefile has been modified from the original shipped with
|
||||
# gettext 0.12.1 to remove the ability to install libintl (which
|
||||
# we do not need nor want), the ability to build a shared library
|
||||
# (likewise), and a large number of heinous kludges.
|
||||
|
||||
SHELL = /bin/sh
|
||||
SHELL = @SHELL@
|
||||
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
top_builddir = ..
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
VPATH = $(srcdir)
|
||||
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
transform = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
|
||||
includedir = $(prefix)/include
|
||||
datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
|
||||
gnulocaledir = $(datadir)/locale
|
||||
gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl
|
||||
aliaspath = $(localedir):.
|
||||
subdir = intl
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
|
||||
|
||||
l = @l@
|
||||
aliaspath = $(localedir)
|
||||
|
||||
AR = ar
|
||||
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
|
||||
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
|
||||
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
|
||||
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
|
||||
-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@
|
||||
YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
|
||||
YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
|
||||
LIBS = @LIBS@
|
||||
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(DEFS-$@) $(INCLUDES)
|
||||
|
||||
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h
|
||||
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
|
||||
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
|
||||
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
|
||||
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
|
||||
explodename.c
|
||||
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
|
||||
finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
|
||||
explodename.$lo
|
||||
CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo
|
||||
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
|
||||
DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
|
||||
xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
|
||||
DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in
|
||||
HEADERS = \
|
||||
gmo.h \
|
||||
gettextP.h \
|
||||
hash-string.h \
|
||||
loadinfo.h \
|
||||
plural-exp.h \
|
||||
eval-plural.h \
|
||||
localcharset.h \
|
||||
relocatable.h \
|
||||
libgnuintl.h
|
||||
SOURCES = \
|
||||
bindtextdom.c \
|
||||
dcgettext.c \
|
||||
dgettext.c \
|
||||
gettext.c \
|
||||
finddomain.c \
|
||||
loadmsgcat.c \
|
||||
localealias.c \
|
||||
textdomain.c \
|
||||
l10nflist.c \
|
||||
explodename.c \
|
||||
dcigettext.c \
|
||||
dcngettext.c \
|
||||
dngettext.c \
|
||||
ngettext.c \
|
||||
plural.y \
|
||||
plural-exp.c \
|
||||
localcharset.c \
|
||||
relocatable.c \
|
||||
localename.c \
|
||||
log.c \
|
||||
osdep.c \
|
||||
intl-compat.c
|
||||
OBJECTS = \
|
||||
bindtextdom.o \
|
||||
dcgettext.o \
|
||||
dgettext.o \
|
||||
gettext.o \
|
||||
finddomain.o \
|
||||
loadmsgcat.o \
|
||||
localealias.o \
|
||||
textdomain.o \
|
||||
l10nflist.o \
|
||||
explodename.o \
|
||||
dcigettext.o \
|
||||
dcngettext.o \
|
||||
dngettext.o \
|
||||
ngettext.o \
|
||||
plural.o \
|
||||
plural-exp.o \
|
||||
localcharset.o \
|
||||
relocatable.o \
|
||||
localename.o \
|
||||
log.o \
|
||||
osdep.o \
|
||||
intl-compat.o
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
.c.lo:
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir)
|
||||
DEFS-dcigettext.o = -DLOCALEDIR="\"$(localedir)\""
|
||||
DEFS-localealias.o = -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH="\"$(aliaspath)\""
|
||||
DEFS-localcharset.o = -DLIBDIR="\"$(libdir)\""
|
||||
DEFS-relocatable.o = -DINSTALLDIR="\"$(libdir)\""
|
||||
|
||||
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
|
||||
|
||||
all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst
|
||||
all-no:
|
||||
install-info:
|
||||
all-yes: libintl.a libintl.h config.intl
|
||||
all-no: # nothing
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
rm -f $@
|
||||
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(RANLIB) $@
|
||||
|
||||
libintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
|
||||
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \
|
||||
-version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir)
|
||||
libintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h
|
||||
cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h $@
|
||||
|
||||
../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
|
||||
cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o
|
||||
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
$(COMPILE) $<
|
||||
|
||||
.y.c:
|
||||
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
|
||||
rm -f $*.h
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir)
|
||||
|
||||
check: all
|
||||
|
||||
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
|
||||
# only use the library should use install instead.
|
||||
|
||||
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
|
||||
# system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a
|
||||
# separate library or use the catgets interface. A special case is
|
||||
# where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library.
|
||||
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
|
||||
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
|
||||
# The installation targets have been disabled.
|
||||
install: install-exec install-data
|
||||
install-exec: all
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
|
||||
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
|
||||
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
|
||||
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(libdir) $(includedir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(includedir)/libintl.h; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
install-data: all
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
|
||||
if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
|
||||
$(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
|
||||
dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
: ; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
|
||||
install-strip: install
|
||||
installdirs:
|
||||
installcheck:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall:
|
||||
dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
|
||||
for file in $$dists; do \
|
||||
rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: html info dvi
|
||||
html info dvi:
|
||||
info dvi ps pdf html:
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: install-html
|
||||
install-html:
|
||||
|
||||
$(OBJECTS): config.h libgettext.h
|
||||
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
|
||||
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
|
||||
$(OBJECTS): config.h libintl.h
|
||||
bindtextdom.o dcgettext.o dcigettext.o dcngettext.o dgettext.o \
|
||||
dngettext.o finddomain.o gettext.o intl-compat.o loadmsgcat.o \
|
||||
localealias.o ngettext.o textdomain.o: gettextP.h gmo.h loadinfo.h
|
||||
dcigettext.o loadmsgcat.o: hash-string.h
|
||||
explodename.o l10nflist.o: loadinfo.h
|
||||
dcigettext.o loadmsgcat.o plural.o plural-exp.o: plural-exp.h
|
||||
dcigettext.o: eval-plural.h
|
||||
localcharset.o: localcharset.h
|
||||
localealias.o localcharset.o relocatable.o: relocatable.h
|
||||
|
||||
tags: TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && \
|
||||
etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
ctags: CTAGS
|
||||
CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && \
|
||||
ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
id: ID
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && \
|
||||
mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean:
|
||||
rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.*
|
||||
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.* libintl.h
|
||||
|
||||
clean: mostlyclean
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed libintl.h config.log
|
||||
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: distclean
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
|
||||
# The 'make dist' targets have been disabled; the GNU toolchain handles this
|
||||
# with a script maintained separately from the Makefile.
|
||||
dist:
|
||||
distdir:
|
||||
|
||||
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
|
||||
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
|
||||
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
|
||||
dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
|
||||
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \
|
||||
ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|
||||
|| cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
|
||||
done
|
||||
# Rules to rebuild the configuration
|
||||
|
||||
dist-libc:
|
||||
tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in config.status
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
|
||||
CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||
config.intl: $(srcdir)/config.intl.in config.status
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status config.intl
|
||||
|
||||
config.status: $(srcdir)/configure
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
|
||||
|
||||
# The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other
|
||||
# packages. Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve
|
||||
# the problem while rewriting Makefile.in.
|
||||
@GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in ../config.status
|
||||
@GT_YES@ cd .. \
|
||||
@GT_YES@ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \
|
||||
@GT_YES@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
|
||||
@GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst
|
||||
@GT_NO@intlh.inst:
|
||||
$(srcdir)/configure: @MAINT@ $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure.ac
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
|
||||
|
||||
$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4: @MAINT@ $(srcdir)/configure.ac \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/codeset.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/glibc21.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/iconv.m4 \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/intdiv0.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/inttypes-pri.m4 \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/inttypes.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/inttypes_h.m4 \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/lcmessage.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/lib-ld.m4 \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/lib-link.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/lib-prefix.m4 \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/nls.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/progtest.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/stdint_h.m4 \
|
||||
$(srcdir)/../config/uintmax_t.m4 $(srcdir)/../config/ulonglong.m4
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) -I ../config
|
||||
|
||||
config.h: stamp-h1
|
||||
test -f config.h || (rm -f stamp-h1 && $(MAKE) stamp-h1)
|
||||
|
||||
stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in config.status
|
||||
-rm -f stamp-h1
|
||||
$(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
|
||||
|
||||
$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINT@ $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure.ac
|
||||
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
|
||||
-rm -f stamp-h1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
|
21
intl/README
Normal file
21
intl/README
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
GNU toolchain edition of GNU libintl 0.12.1
|
||||
|
||||
Most of the content of this directory is taken from gettext 0.12.1
|
||||
and is owned by that project. Patches should be directed to the
|
||||
gettext developers first. However, note the following:
|
||||
|
||||
* libintl.h comes from gettext, but is named libgnuintl.h.in in that
|
||||
project's source tree.
|
||||
|
||||
* The files COPYING.LIB-2.0 and COPYING.LIB-2.1 are redundant with the
|
||||
top-level COPYING.LIB and have therefore been removed.
|
||||
|
||||
* The files config.charset, ref-add.sin, ref-del.sin, os2compat.c,
|
||||
and os2compat.h are not used in this setup and have therefore been
|
||||
removed.
|
||||
|
||||
* aclocal.m4 was constructed using automake's "aclocal -I ../config".
|
||||
|
||||
* configure.ac, config.intl.in, and Makefile.in were written for this
|
||||
directory layout, by Zack Weinberg <zack@codesourcery.com>. Please
|
||||
direct patches for these files to gcc-patches@gcc.gnu.org.
|
1
intl/VERSION
Normal file
1
intl/VERSION
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1
|
@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
412
intl/aclocal.m4
vendored
412
intl/aclocal.m4
vendored
@ -1,387 +1,31 @@
|
||||
dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.3
|
||||
# generated automatically by aclocal 1.9.3 -*- Autoconf -*-
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
dnl This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
|
||||
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
||||
dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
|
||||
# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER,
|
||||
[AC_PREREQ([2.12])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
|
||||
dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
|
||||
dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header
|
||||
dnl that is generated. We must strip everything past the first ":",
|
||||
dnl and everything past the last "/".
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl
|
||||
ifelse(patsubst(<<$1>>, <<[^ ]>>, <<>>), <<>>,
|
||||
<<test -z "<<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl>>,
|
||||
<<am_indx=1
|
||||
for am_file in <<$1>>; do
|
||||
case " <<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS " in
|
||||
*" <<$>>am_file "*<<)>>
|
||||
echo timestamp > `echo <<$>>am_file | sed -e 's%:.*%%' -e 's%[^/]*$%%'`stamp-h$am_indx
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
am_indx=`expr "<<$>>am_indx" + 1`
|
||||
done<<>>dnl>>)
|
||||
changequote([,]))])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 1
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_INSTALL,
|
||||
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
|
||||
test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is derived from `gettext.m4'. The difference is that the
|
||||
# included macros assume Cygnus-style source and build trees.
|
||||
|
||||
# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
|
||||
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
|
||||
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 3
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(CY_WITH_NLS,
|
||||
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
|
||||
dnl Default is enabled NLS
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
|
||||
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
|
||||
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
|
||||
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
|
||||
|
||||
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
|
||||
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
|
||||
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
|
||||
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
|
||||
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
|
||||
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
|
||||
dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
|
||||
dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
|
||||
dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=NONE
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
|
||||
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
|
||||
gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
|
||||
|| test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
|
||||
if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
|
||||
AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
|
||||
[CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share],
|
||||
[CATOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=lib])
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
dnl In the standard gettext, we would now check for catgets.
|
||||
dnl However, we never want to use catgets for our releases.
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
|
||||
dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
|
||||
dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
|
||||
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
|
||||
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
|
||||
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
|
||||
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
|
||||
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
|
||||
[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
|
||||
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||
INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/../intl/libintl.a'
|
||||
INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
|
||||
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
|
||||
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
|
||||
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
|
||||
dnl Makefiles still can work.
|
||||
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
|
||||
: ;
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(
|
||||
[found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
|
||||
XGETTEXT=":"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# We need to process the po/ directory.
|
||||
POSUB=po
|
||||
else
|
||||
DATADIRNAME=share
|
||||
nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
|
||||
nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
|
||||
# because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
|
||||
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
|
||||
USE_NLS=yes
|
||||
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
|
||||
dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
|
||||
dnl in configure.in.
|
||||
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
|
||||
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
|
||||
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
|
||||
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(CY_GNU_GETTEXT,
|
||||
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
|
||||
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
|
||||
unistd.h values.h sys/param.h])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
|
||||
__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AM_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
CY_WITH_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
|
||||
if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
|
||||
LINGUAS=
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
|
||||
NEW_LINGUAS=
|
||||
for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
|
||||
case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
|
||||
*$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
|
||||
if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
|
||||
for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
|
||||
dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
|
||||
dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
|
||||
if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
|
||||
INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
|
||||
else
|
||||
INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
|
||||
/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>. Take care yourself. */"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
|
||||
dnl For now we know about two different formats:
|
||||
dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
|
||||
if test -f $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in; then
|
||||
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
|
||||
dnl cannot handle comments.
|
||||
sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/$msgformat-msg.sed > po2msg.sed
|
||||
fi
|
||||
dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
|
||||
sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
|
||||
$srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in > po2tbl.sed
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
|
||||
dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext
|
||||
dnl packages.
|
||||
if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
|
||||
GT_NO="#NO#"
|
||||
GT_YES=
|
||||
else
|
||||
GT_NO=
|
||||
GT_YES="#YES#"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
|
||||
|
||||
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(srcdir)/../../mkinstalldirs"
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
|
||||
l=
|
||||
AC_SUBST(l)
|
||||
|
||||
dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
|
||||
dnl be included in po/Makefile. But only do this if the po directory
|
||||
dnl exists in srcdir.
|
||||
if test -d $srcdir/po; then
|
||||
test -d po || mkdir po
|
||||
if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
|
||||
if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
|
||||
posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
|
||||
else
|
||||
posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
posrcprefix="../"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f po/POTFILES
|
||||
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
|
||||
< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
|
||||
fi
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
|
||||
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
|
||||
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 1
|
||||
|
||||
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
|
||||
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
|
||||
[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
|
||||
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
|
||||
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
|
||||
[case "[$]$1" in
|
||||
/*)
|
||||
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
|
||||
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
|
||||
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
|
||||
if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
|
||||
if [$3]; then
|
||||
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
|
||||
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
|
||||
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
|
||||
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac])dnl
|
||||
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
|
||||
if test -n "[$]$1"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST($1)dnl
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
|
||||
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
|
||||
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
|
||||
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
|
||||
|
||||
# serial 1
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
|
||||
[if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
|
||||
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
|
||||
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
|
||||
am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
|
||||
if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi])
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
||||
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
|
||||
m4_include([../config/codeset.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/gettext.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/glibc21.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/iconv.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/intdiv0.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/inttypes-pri.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/inttypes.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/inttypes_h.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/lcmessage.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/lib-ld.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/lib-link.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/lib-prefix.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/nls.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/po.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/progtest.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/stdint_h.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/uintmax_t.m4])
|
||||
m4_include([../config/ulonglong.m4])
|
||||
|
@ -1,59 +1,75 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
|
||||
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
|
||||
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
|
||||
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
|
||||
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
|
||||
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
|
||||
#ifndef offsetof
|
||||
# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define INTUSE(name) name
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
|
||||
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
|
||||
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
@ -61,25 +77,48 @@ extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
|
||||
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
# ifndef strdup
|
||||
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
|
||||
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
|
||||
const char **dirnamep,
|
||||
const char **codesetp));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
|
||||
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
|
||||
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
|
||||
modified, only the current value is returned.
|
||||
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
|
||||
modified nor returned. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
const char **dirnamep;
|
||||
const char **codesetp;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *binding;
|
||||
int modified;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some sanity checks. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = NULL;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
modified = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@ -95,83 +134,173 @@ BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname;
|
||||
|
||||
if (binding != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, binding->dirname) != 0)
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *new_dirname;
|
||||
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
*dirnamep = binding->dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
char *result = binding->dirname;
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
|
||||
result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
new_dirname = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
if (new_dirname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
result = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_dirname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len);
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
|
||||
free (binding->dirname);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->dirname = result;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dirnamep = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
free (binding->dirname);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->dirname = new_dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset == NULL)
|
||||
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
|
||||
*codesetp = binding->codeset;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
|
||||
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
|
||||
old binding. */
|
||||
char *result = binding->codeset;
|
||||
if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (codeset);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (binding->codeset != NULL)
|
||||
free (binding->codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
binding->codeset = result;
|
||||
binding->codeset_cntr++;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*codesetp = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
|
||||
&& (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Simply return the default values. */
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We have to create a new binding. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
struct binding *new_binding =
|
||||
(struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding));
|
||||
(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_binding == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
new_binding->domainname = strdup (domainname);
|
||||
if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dirname == NULL)
|
||||
/* The default value. */
|
||||
dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
|
||||
dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
result = strdup (dirname);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_dirname;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len);
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_dirname;
|
||||
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
dirname = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
*dirnamep = dirname;
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* The default value. */
|
||||
new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
|
||||
|
||||
new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *result;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
result = strdup (codeset);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_codeset;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
|
||||
result = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
|
||||
goto failed_codeset;
|
||||
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
codeset = result;
|
||||
new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*codesetp = codeset;
|
||||
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
new_binding->codeset = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now enqueue it. */
|
||||
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|
||||
@ -191,13 +320,55 @@ BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
binding->next = new_binding;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
binding = new_binding;
|
||||
modified = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
|
||||
if (0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
failed_codeset:
|
||||
if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
|
||||
free (new_binding->dirname);
|
||||
failed_dirname:
|
||||
free (new_binding);
|
||||
failed:
|
||||
if (dirnamep)
|
||||
*dirnamep = NULL;
|
||||
if (codesetp)
|
||||
*codesetp = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return binding->dirname;
|
||||
/* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
|
||||
if (modified)
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
|
||||
return (char *) dirname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
|
||||
return (char *) codeset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
|
||||
weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
|
||||
# include <nl_types.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
|
||||
``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
|
||||
setting of `local'.''
|
||||
However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
|
||||
defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
|
||||
system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The catalog descriptor. */
|
||||
static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default catalog. */
|
||||
static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of currently used catalog. */
|
||||
static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */
|
||||
static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set currently used domain/catalog. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
textdomain (domainname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
nl_catd new_catalog;
|
||||
char *new_name;
|
||||
size_t new_name_len;
|
||||
char *lang;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
|
||||
&& defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||
lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
|
||||
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||
lang = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
|
||||
lang = "C";
|
||||
|
||||
/* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||
|
||||
if (domainname[0] == '\0')
|
||||
domainname = default_catalog_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute length of added path element. */
|
||||
new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
|
||||
+ sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
|
||||
+ sizeof (".cat");
|
||||
|
||||
new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
|
||||
if (new_name == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
|
||||
new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
|
||||
sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
|
||||
PACKAGE);
|
||||
new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (new_name);
|
||||
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Close old catalog. */
|
||||
if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||
catclose (catalog);
|
||||
if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
|
||||
free ((char *) catalog_name);
|
||||
|
||||
catalog = new_catalog;
|
||||
catalog_name = new_name;
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) catalog_name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
|
||||
char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
|
||||
size_t new_val_len;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need
|
||||
the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
|
||||
peanuts. */
|
||||
new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
|
||||
+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||
|
||||
old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
|
||||
if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
old_val = NULL;
|
||||
new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
|
||||
+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
|
||||
|
||||
new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
|
||||
if (new_val == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_SETENV
|
||||
cp = new_val;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
|
||||
|
||||
if (old_val == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
stpcpy (cp, old_val);
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_SETENV
|
||||
setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
|
||||
free (new_val);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
putenv (new_val);
|
||||
/* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used
|
||||
from now on. */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) domainname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef gettext
|
||||
char *
|
||||
gettext (msg)
|
||||
const char *msg;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int msgid;
|
||||
|
||||
if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
|
||||
return (char *) msg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1.
|
||||
The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
|
||||
which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */
|
||||
msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
|
||||
if (msgid == -1)
|
||||
return (char *) msg;
|
||||
|
||||
return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
|
||||
for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when
|
||||
the string is not found return -1. */
|
||||
static int
|
||||
msg_to_cat_id (msg)
|
||||
const char *msg;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
|
||||
return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stpcpy (dest, src)
|
||||
char *dest;
|
||||
const char *src;
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
return dest - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
245
intl/config.h.in
Normal file
245
intl/config.h.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
|
||||
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
|
||||
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
|
||||
#undef C_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define because we depend on libiconv. */
|
||||
#undef DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
|
||||
language is requested. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to enable relocation. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getc_unlocked' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETEGID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETEUID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETGID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETUID
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
|
||||
declares uintmax_t. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
|
||||
uintmax_t. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UINTMAX_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the unsigned long long type. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fsetlocking' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
|
||||
#undef ICONV_CONST
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */
|
||||
#undef INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define because this is libintl. */
|
||||
#undef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define because this is a library. */
|
||||
#undef IN_LIBRARY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if there is no xmalloc. */
|
||||
#undef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
|
||||
#undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
|
||||
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
|
||||
automatically deduced at run-time.
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
|
||||
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#undef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
|
||||
#undef const
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
|
||||
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
|
||||
#ifndef __cplusplus
|
||||
#undef inline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
|
||||
#undef off_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define this entry point correctly. */
|
||||
#undef relocate
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define this entry point correctly. */
|
||||
#undef set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
|
||||
#undef size_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if <stdint.h> and
|
||||
<inttypes.h> don't define. */
|
||||
#undef uintmax_t
|
128
intl/config.in
128
intl/config.in
@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* config.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if using alloca.c. */
|
||||
#undef C_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
|
||||
#undef const
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
|
||||
This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
|
||||
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
|
||||
#undef inline
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef off_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
|
||||
#undef size_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
|
||||
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
|
||||
automatically deduced at run-time.
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#undef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the munmap function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETENV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the strchr function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VALUES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the i library (-li). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIBI
|
12
intl/config.intl.in
Normal file
12
intl/config.intl.in
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
# This file records the configuration of libintl in a form that
|
||||
# can be read back in by a configure script in a sister directory.
|
||||
# See config/gettext.m4 for its use.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_NLS='@USE_NLS@'
|
||||
LIBINTL='@LIBINTL@'
|
||||
LIBINTL_DEP='@LIBINTL_DEP@'
|
||||
INCINTL='@INCINTL@'
|
||||
|
||||
XGETTEXT='@XGETTEXT@'
|
||||
GMSGFMT='@GMSGFMT@'
|
||||
POSUB='@POSUB@'
|
9997
intl/configure
vendored
9997
intl/configure
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
51
intl/configure.ac
Normal file
51
intl/configure.ac
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.59)
|
||||
AC_INIT
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(gettext.c)
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(../config)
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.12.1)
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
# This replaces the extensive use of DEFS in the original Makefile.in.
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(IN_LIBINTL, 1, [Define because this is libintl.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(IN_LIBRARY, 1, [Define because this is a library.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV, 1, [Define because we depend on libiconv.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_RELOCATABLE, 1, [Define to enable relocation.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(NO_XMALLOC, 1, [Define if there is no xmalloc.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(set_relocation_prefix, libintl_set_relocation_prefix,
|
||||
[Define this entry point correctly.])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(relocate, libintl_relocate,
|
||||
[Define this entry point correctly.])
|
||||
|
||||
MISSING=`cd $ac_aux_dir && ${PWDCMD-pwd}`/missing
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([ACLOCAL], [aclocal], [$MISSING aclocal])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([AUTOCONF], [autoconf], [$MISSING autoconf])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_PROGS([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader], [$MISSING autoheader])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
|
||||
[ --enable-maintainer-mode enable rules only needed by maintainers],,
|
||||
enable_maintainer_mode=no)
|
||||
if test "x$enable_maintainer_mode" = xno; then
|
||||
MAINT='#'
|
||||
else
|
||||
MAINT=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_SUBST(MAINT)
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional info for config.intl.
|
||||
AC_SUBST(LIBINTL_DEP)
|
||||
AC_SUBST(INCINTL)
|
||||
|
||||
LIBINTL_DEP=
|
||||
INCINTL=
|
||||
case $USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL in
|
||||
yes)
|
||||
LIBINTL=`echo $LIBINTL | sed 's,${top_builddir},&/..,' `
|
||||
LTLIBINTL=`echo $LTLIBINTL | sed 's,${top_builddir},&/..,' `
|
||||
LIBINTL_DEP='${top_builddir}/../intl/libintl.a'
|
||||
INCINTL='-I${top_builddir}/../intl'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile config.intl)
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT
|
@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
|
||||
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_INIT(dgettext.c)
|
||||
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
|
||||
|
||||
AM_PROG_INSTALL
|
||||
CY_GNU_GETTEXT
|
||||
AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
|
||||
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
|
597
intl/dcgettext.c
597
intl/dcgettext.c
@ -1,220 +1,44 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#ifndef errno
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef __set_errno
|
||||
# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef strchr
|
||||
# define strchr index
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "hash-string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
|
||||
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define getcwd __getcwd
|
||||
# ifndef stpcpy
|
||||
# define stpcpy __stpcpy
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
|
||||
char *getwd ();
|
||||
# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
char *getcwd ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
|
||||
#define PATH_INCR 32
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
|
||||
/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
|
||||
PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
|
||||
later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
|
||||
#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__))
|
||||
# include <limits.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
|
||||
# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX)
|
||||
# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||
# include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN)
|
||||
# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PATH_MAX
|
||||
# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
|
||||
``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
|
||||
setting of `local'.''
|
||||
However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX
|
||||
defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected
|
||||
system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
|
||||
textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
|
||||
const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
|
||||
|
||||
/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
|
||||
const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
|
||||
const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
|
||||
calls. */
|
||||
struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||
const char *msgid)) internal_function;
|
||||
static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
|
||||
static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
|
||||
const char *categoryname))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
|
||||
some additional code emulating it. */
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
/* Nothing has to be done. */
|
||||
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
|
||||
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
struct block_list
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *address;
|
||||
struct block_list *next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
|
||||
/* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
|
||||
the list. */ \
|
||||
if (newp != NULL) { \
|
||||
newp->address = (addr); \
|
||||
newp->next = (list); \
|
||||
(list) = newp; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
while (list != NULL) { \
|
||||
struct block_list *old = list; \
|
||||
list = list->next; \
|
||||
free (old); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
# undef alloca
|
||||
# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
|
||||
#endif /* have alloca */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
@ -225,400 +49,11 @@ DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
|
||||
struct binding *binding;
|
||||
const char *categoryname;
|
||||
const char *categoryvalue;
|
||||
char *dirname, *xdomainname;
|
||||
char *single_locale;
|
||||
char *retval;
|
||||
int saved_errno = errno;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
|
||||
if (msgid == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
|
||||
CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
|
||||
defintion left this undefined. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First find matching binding. */
|
||||
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
|
||||
if (compare == 0)
|
||||
/* We found it! */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (compare < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is not in the list. */
|
||||
binding = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (binding == NULL)
|
||||
dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
|
||||
else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
|
||||
dirname = binding->dirname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
|
||||
size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
|
||||
size_t path_max;
|
||||
char *ret;
|
||||
|
||||
path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
|
||||
path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
|
||||
|
||||
dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
|
||||
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
|
||||
|
||||
__set_errno (0);
|
||||
while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
path_max += PATH_INCR;
|
||||
dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
|
||||
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
|
||||
__set_errno (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
|
||||
error but simply return the default string. */
|
||||
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||
__set_errno (saved_errno);
|
||||
return (char *) msgid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
|
||||
categoryname = category_to_name (category);
|
||||
categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
|
||||
|
||||
xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
|
||||
+ strlen (domainname) + 5);
|
||||
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
|
||||
|
||||
stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
|
||||
domainname),
|
||||
".mo");
|
||||
|
||||
/* Creating working area. */
|
||||
single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
|
||||
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
|
||||
got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation. */
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
|
||||
while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
|
||||
++categoryvalue;
|
||||
if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
|
||||
no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
|
||||
by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
|
||||
will take place. */
|
||||
single_locale[0] = 'C';
|
||||
single_locale[1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *cp = single_locale;
|
||||
while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
|
||||
*cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
|
||||
*cp = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
|
||||
domain. Return the MSGID. */
|
||||
if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
|
||||
|| strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||
__set_errno (saved_errno);
|
||||
return (char *) msgid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
|
||||
domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname);
|
||||
|
||||
if (domain != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = find_msg (domain, msgid);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||
__set_errno (saved_errno);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
INTDEF(__dcgettext)
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
find_msg (domain_file, msgid)
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t top, act, bottom;
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *domain;
|
||||
|
||||
if (domain_file->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (domain_file);
|
||||
|
||||
if (domain_file->data == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
|
||||
if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Use the hashing table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
|
||||
nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
|
||||
nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
|
||||
|
||||
if (nstr == 0)
|
||||
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
|
||||
&& strcmp (msgid,
|
||||
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)
|
||||
return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
|
||||
idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
|
||||
else
|
||||
idx += incr;
|
||||
|
||||
nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
|
||||
if (nstr == 0)
|
||||
/* Hash table entry is empty. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
|
||||
&& strcmp (msgid,
|
||||
domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
|
||||
== 0)
|
||||
return (char *) domain->data
|
||||
+ W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now we try the default method: binary search in the sorted
|
||||
array of messages. */
|
||||
bottom = 0;
|
||||
top = domain->nstrings;
|
||||
while (bottom < top)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cmp_val;
|
||||
|
||||
act = (bottom + top) / 2;
|
||||
cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data
|
||||
+ W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->orig_tab[act].offset));
|
||||
if (cmp_val < 0)
|
||||
top = act;
|
||||
else if (cmp_val > 0)
|
||||
bottom = act + 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If an translation is found return this. */
|
||||
return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data
|
||||
+ W (domain->must_swap,
|
||||
domain->trans_tab[act].offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
category_to_name (category)
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *retval;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef LC_COLLATE
|
||||
case LC_COLLATE:
|
||||
retval = "LC_COLLATE";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_CTYPE
|
||||
case LC_CTYPE:
|
||||
retval = "LC_CTYPE";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_MONETARY
|
||||
case LC_MONETARY:
|
||||
retval = "LC_MONETARY";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
|
||||
case LC_NUMERIC:
|
||||
retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_TIME
|
||||
case LC_TIME:
|
||||
retval = "LC_TIME";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
case LC_MESSAGES:
|
||||
retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
|
||||
case LC_RESPONSE:
|
||||
retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef LC_ALL
|
||||
case LC_ALL:
|
||||
/* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
|
||||
value. */
|
||||
retval = "LC_ALL";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
|
||||
retval = "LC_XXX";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
const char *categoryname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
|
||||
variable. This is a GNU extension. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* `LANGUAGE' is not set. So we have to proceed with the POSIX
|
||||
methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some
|
||||
systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||
return setlocale (category, NULL);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
|
||||
retval = getenv (categoryname);
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation
|
||||
defined. */
|
||||
return "C";
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
|
||||
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
|
||||
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
to be defined. */
|
||||
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
stpcpy (dest, src)
|
||||
char *dest;
|
||||
const char *src;
|
||||
{
|
||||
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
|
||||
/* Do nothing. */ ;
|
||||
return dest - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
|
||||
program's end. */
|
||||
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
|
||||
free_mem (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *runp;
|
||||
|
||||
for (runp = _nl_domain_bindings; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (runp->domainname);
|
||||
if (runp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
|
||||
/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
|
||||
free (runp->dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||
/* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
|
||||
free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
1238
intl/dcigettext.c
Normal file
1238
intl/dcigettext.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
60
intl/dcngettext.c
Normal file
60
intl/dcngettext.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid1;
|
||||
const char *msgid2;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
@ -37,10 +37,10 @@
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
|
61
intl/dngettext.c
Normal file
61
intl/dngettext.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid1;
|
||||
const char *msgid2;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
114
intl/eval-plural.h
Normal file
114
intl/eval-plural.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
|
||||
/* Plural expression evaluation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STATIC
|
||||
#define STATIC static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
|
||||
STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
|
||||
unsigned long int n))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
plural_eval (pexp, n)
|
||||
struct expression *pexp;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (pexp->nargs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
switch (pexp->operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case var:
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
case num:
|
||||
return pexp->val.num;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
|
||||
unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
return ! arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
if (pexp->operation == lor)
|
||||
return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
else if (pexp->operation == land)
|
||||
return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (pexp->operation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case mult:
|
||||
return leftarg * rightarg;
|
||||
case divide:
|
||||
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
if (rightarg == 0)
|
||||
raise (SIGFPE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return leftarg / rightarg;
|
||||
case module:
|
||||
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
|
||||
if (rightarg == 0)
|
||||
raise (SIGFPE);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return leftarg % rightarg;
|
||||
case plus:
|
||||
return leftarg + rightarg;
|
||||
case minus:
|
||||
return leftarg - rightarg;
|
||||
case less_than:
|
||||
return leftarg < rightarg;
|
||||
case greater_than:
|
||||
return leftarg > rightarg;
|
||||
case less_or_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg <= rightarg;
|
||||
case greater_or_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg >= rightarg;
|
||||
case equal:
|
||||
return leftarg == rightarg;
|
||||
case not_equal:
|
||||
return leftarg != rightarg;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
|
||||
unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
|
||||
return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* NOTREACHED */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,33 +1,27 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
@ -43,6 +37,18 @@
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
_nl_find_language (name)
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
|
||||
&& name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
|
||||
++name;
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
|
||||
@ -74,9 +80,7 @@ _nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
|
||||
mask = 0;
|
||||
syntax = undecided;
|
||||
*language = cp = name;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@'
|
||||
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',')
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
|
||||
|
||||
if (*language == cp)
|
||||
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
|
||||
|
@ -1,64 +1,40 @@
|
||||
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef strchr
|
||||
# define strchr index
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
@ -71,10 +47,11 @@ static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
established bindings. */
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
|
||||
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
char *locale;
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
struct binding *domainbinding;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||
const char *language;
|
||||
@ -120,7 +97,7 @@ _nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval);
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->data != NULL)
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
@ -128,7 +105,7 @@ _nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
@ -175,14 +152,14 @@ _nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval);
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
|
||||
if (retval->data == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
|
||||
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
|
||||
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -192,13 +169,16 @@ _nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
|
||||
if (alias_value != NULL)
|
||||
free (locale);
|
||||
|
||||
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
|
||||
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
|
||||
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
|
||||
free_mem (void)
|
||||
libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
|
||||
|
||||
@ -208,9 +188,8 @@ free_mem (void)
|
||||
if (runp->data != NULL)
|
||||
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
|
||||
runp = runp->next;
|
||||
free ((char *) here->filename);
|
||||
free (here);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,19 +1,20 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
@ -23,21 +24,14 @@
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
@ -48,10 +42,10 @@
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define GETTEXT __gettext
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define GETTEXT gettext__
|
||||
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
|
||||
# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
|
||||
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
@ -61,7 +55,7 @@ char *
|
||||
GETTEXT (msgid)
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid);
|
||||
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
|
105
intl/gettext.h
105
intl/gettext.h
@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
|
||||
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
|
||||
# include <limits.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
|
||||
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
|
||||
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
|
||||
|
||||
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
|
||||
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
|
||||
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
|
||||
doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
|
||||
the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables
|
||||
is usually not possible. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
|
||||
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
|
||||
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
|
||||
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UINT_MAX
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
|
||||
not portable enough. */
|
||||
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
|
||||
struct mo_file_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The magic number. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 magic;
|
||||
/* The revision number of the file format. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 revision;
|
||||
/* The number of strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Size of hashing table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
|
||||
/* Offset of first hashing entry. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettext.h */
|
189
intl/gettextP.h
189
intl/gettextP.h
@ -1,30 +1,43 @@
|
||||
/* Header describing internals of gettext library
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXTP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||
@ -35,6 +48,16 @@
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef attribute_hidden
|
||||
# define attribute_hidden
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
|
||||
almost always true or almost always false. */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef W
|
||||
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -44,8 +67,6 @@
|
||||
# include <byteswap.h>
|
||||
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i));
|
||||
|
||||
static inline nls_uint32
|
||||
SWAP (i)
|
||||
nls_uint32 i;
|
||||
@ -55,34 +76,148 @@ SWAP (i)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_domain
|
||||
/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *data;
|
||||
int use_mmap;
|
||||
size_t mmap_size;
|
||||
int must_swap;
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
struct string_desc *orig_tab;
|
||||
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_size;
|
||||
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
/* Pointer to addressed string. */
|
||||
const char *pointer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
|
||||
struct loaded_domain
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
|
||||
const char *data;
|
||||
/* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
|
||||
int use_mmap;
|
||||
/* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
|
||||
size_t mmap_size;
|
||||
/* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
|
||||
int must_swap;
|
||||
/* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
|
||||
void *malloced;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of static strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
|
||||
const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
|
||||
const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
|
||||
const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
|
||||
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
|
||||
const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Size of hash table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_size;
|
||||
/* Pointer to hash table. */
|
||||
const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
|
||||
/* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
|
||||
int must_swap_hash_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
int codeset_cntr;
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
__gconv_t conv;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
iconv_t conv;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
char **conv_tab;
|
||||
|
||||
struct expression *plural;
|
||||
unsigned long int nplurals;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
|
||||
doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define ZERO 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define ZERO 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
|
||||
from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
|
||||
struct binding
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct binding *next;
|
||||
char *domainname;
|
||||
char *dirname;
|
||||
int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
|
||||
char *codeset;
|
||||
char domainname[ZERO];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
|
||||
become invalid.
|
||||
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
|
||||
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
|
||||
char *__locale,
|
||||
const char *__domainname))
|
||||
const char *__domainname,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain))
|
||||
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
|
||||
struct loaded_domain *__domain,
|
||||
struct binding *__domainbinding))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
|
||||
struct binding *domainbinding,
|
||||
const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid, int __category));
|
||||
extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n));
|
||||
extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int n));
|
||||
extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
|
||||
extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category));
|
||||
extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||
extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname));
|
||||
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
|
||||
call them under their real name. */
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# include "libintl.h"
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
148
intl/gmo.h
Normal file
148
intl/gmo.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
|
||||
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
|
||||
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
|
||||
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
|
||||
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
|
||||
|
||||
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
|
||||
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
|
||||
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
|
||||
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
|
||||
as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
|
||||
when cross-compiling. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if __STDC__
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
|
||||
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
|
||||
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
|
||||
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef UINT_MAX
|
||||
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
|
||||
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
|
||||
not portable enough. */
|
||||
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
|
||||
struct mo_file_header
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The magic number. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 magic;
|
||||
/* The revision number of the file format. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 revision;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 nstrings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Size of hash table. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
|
||||
/* Offset of first hash table entry. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The number of system dependent segments. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
|
||||
/* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
|
||||
/* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
|
||||
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
|
||||
struct string_desc
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_segment
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 length;
|
||||
/* Offset of string in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
|
||||
struct sysdep_string
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Offset of static string segments in file. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 offset;
|
||||
/* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
|
||||
The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
|
||||
struct segment_pair
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Size of static segment. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 segsize;
|
||||
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
|
||||
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
|
||||
} segments[1];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
|
||||
regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
|
||||
#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* gettext.h */
|
@ -1,25 +1,25 @@
|
||||
/* Implements a string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
|
||||
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
|
||||
@ -33,9 +33,9 @@
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
|
||||
static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned long
|
||||
static inline unsigned long int
|
||||
hash_string (str_param)
|
||||
const char *str_param;
|
||||
{
|
||||
@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ hash_string (str_param)
|
||||
while (*str != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval <<= 4;
|
||||
hval += (unsigned long) *str++;
|
||||
g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
|
||||
hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
|
||||
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
|
||||
if (g != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
|
||||
|
@ -1,76 +1,151 @@
|
||||
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
|
||||
defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
|
||||
It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
|
||||
of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
|
||||
has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
|
||||
It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
|
||||
as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
|
||||
features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef gettext
|
||||
#undef dgettext
|
||||
#undef dcgettext
|
||||
#undef ngettext
|
||||
#undef dngettext
|
||||
#undef dcngettext
|
||||
#undef textdomain
|
||||
#undef bindtextdomain
|
||||
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
|
||||
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
|
||||
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
gettext (msgid)
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
|
||||
ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
|
||||
const char *msgid1;
|
||||
const char *msgid2;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
const char *msgid1;
|
||||
const char *msgid2;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
gettext (msgid)
|
||||
const char *msgid;
|
||||
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid1;
|
||||
const char *msgid2;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return gettext__ (msgid);
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
textdomain (domainname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return textdomain__ (domainname);
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *dirname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
char *
|
||||
bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
|
||||
#if defined __OPTIMIZED
|
||||
/* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the
|
||||
`__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
|
||||
false. */
|
||||
|
||||
# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid)
|
||||
|
||||
# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
|
||||
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
|
||||
/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
|
||||
whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
|
||||
translations. */
|
||||
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \
|
||||
(__extension__ \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
char *__result; \
|
||||
if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
static char *__translation__; \
|
||||
static int __catalog_counter__; \
|
||||
if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
__translation__ = \
|
||||
(dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
|
||||
__catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
__result = __translation__; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
__result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
|
||||
__result; \
|
||||
}))
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif /* Optimizing. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* libintl.h */
|
192
intl/l10nflist.c
192
intl/l10nflist.c
@ -1,52 +1,40 @@
|
||||
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef strchr
|
||||
# define strchr index
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
|
||||
# include <argz.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "loadinfo.h"
|
||||
|
||||
@ -74,6 +62,24 @@ static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pathname support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
|
||||
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
|
||||
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
|
||||
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
|
||||
&& (P)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
|
||||
@ -97,6 +103,10 @@ argz_count__ (argz, len)
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_count
|
||||
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
|
||||
@ -121,6 +131,11 @@ argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
}
|
||||
# undef __argz_stringify
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
|
||||
INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
|
||||
@ -188,12 +203,18 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
|
||||
int do_allocate;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *abs_filename;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
|
||||
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
size_t dirlist_count;
|
||||
size_t entries;
|
||||
int cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
|
||||
DIRLIST. */
|
||||
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
|
||||
dirlist_len = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
|
||||
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
|
||||
+ strlen (language)
|
||||
@ -211,7 +232,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
|
||||
+ (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|
||||
|| (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
|
||||
? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
|
||||
? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
|
||||
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
|
||||
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
|
||||
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
|
||||
@ -219,14 +240,16 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
|
||||
if (abs_filename == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
retval = NULL;
|
||||
last = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Construct file name. */
|
||||
memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
|
||||
__argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':');
|
||||
cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
|
||||
*cp++ = '/';
|
||||
cp = abs_filename;
|
||||
if (dirlist_len > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
|
||||
__argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
|
||||
cp += dirlist_len;
|
||||
cp[-1] = '/';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
|
||||
@ -273,7 +296,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
|
||||
available. */
|
||||
last = NULL;
|
||||
lastp = l10nfile_list;
|
||||
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
|
||||
if (retval->filename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@ -288,7 +311,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
last = retval;
|
||||
lastp = &retval->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
|
||||
@ -297,48 +320,66 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
|
||||
malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
|
||||
* (1 << pop (mask))
|
||||
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
|
||||
dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
|
||||
retval =
|
||||
(struct loaded_l10nfile *)
|
||||
malloc (sizeof (*retval)
|
||||
+ (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
|
||||
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
|
||||
if (retval == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
retval->filename = abs_filename;
|
||||
retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
|
||||
Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
|
||||
correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
|
||||
looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
|
||||
retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
|
||||
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
|
||||
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
|
||||
retval->data = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (last == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
|
||||
*l10nfile_list = retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval->next = last->next;
|
||||
last->next = retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
retval->next = *lastp;
|
||||
*lastp = retval;
|
||||
|
||||
entries = 0;
|
||||
/* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
|
||||
a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
|
||||
of the inner loop. */
|
||||
cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
|
||||
for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
|
||||
/* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
|
||||
If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
|
||||
entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
|
||||
colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
|
||||
across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
|
||||
If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
|
||||
DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
|
||||
MASK, excluding MASK itself.
|
||||
In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
|
||||
that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
|
||||
first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
|
||||
normalized_codeset. */
|
||||
for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
|
||||
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
|
||||
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
|
||||
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
|
||||
char *dir = NULL;
|
||||
if (dirlist_count > 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
|
||||
char *dir = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
|
||||
!= NULL)
|
||||
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
|
||||
!= NULL)
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
|
||||
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
|
||||
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval->successor[entries++]
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
|
||||
language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
|
||||
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
|
||||
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
|
||||
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -349,10 +390,11 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
|
||||
|
||||
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||
names. */
|
||||
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
|
||||
freed by the caller. */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
|
||||
const unsigned char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
size_t name_len;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len = 0;
|
||||
@ -362,11 +404,11 @@ _nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
|
||||
size_t cnt;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
++len;
|
||||
|
||||
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
only_digit = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -380,9 +422,9 @@ _nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
|
||||
wp = retval;
|
||||
|
||||
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
|
||||
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
|
||||
else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
|
||||
else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
|
||||
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
|
||||
|
||||
*wp = '\0';
|
||||
|
@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
|
||||
the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
|
||||
include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also
|
||||
define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBINTL_H || !defined _LIBGETTEXT_H
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
# define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
|
||||
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define NULL (0)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
|
||||
function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it
|
||||
to a default value. */
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from
|
||||
Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */
|
||||
struct _msg_ent
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *_msg;
|
||||
int _msg_number;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||
/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
|
||||
generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */
|
||||
extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
|
||||
extern int _msg_tbl_length;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
|
||||
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
|
||||
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category));
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid, int __category));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||
extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname));
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname));
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
|
||||
So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4
|
||||
has dcgettext. */
|
||||
# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
# define gettext(Msgid) \
|
||||
dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
|
||||
|
||||
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \
|
||||
dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
|
||||
/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign,
|
||||
whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
|
||||
translations. */
|
||||
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
|
||||
(__extension__ \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
char *__result; \
|
||||
if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
static char *__translation__; \
|
||||
static int __catalog_counter__; \
|
||||
if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
__translation__ = \
|
||||
dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \
|
||||
__catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
__result = __translation__; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
__result = dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \
|
||||
__result; \
|
||||
}))
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
|
||||
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) Domainname)
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) Dirname)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
309
intl/libgnuintl.h
Normal file
309
intl/libgnuintl.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
|
||||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
|
||||
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
|
||||
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
|
||||
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
|
||||
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
in this case. */
|
||||
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
|
||||
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
|
||||
((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
|
||||
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
|
||||
#ifdef __DJGPP__
|
||||
# undef gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers
|
||||
used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */
|
||||
#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS
|
||||
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
|
||||
# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
|
||||
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
|
||||
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
|
||||
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
|
||||
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
|
||||
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
|
||||
up in the following order:
|
||||
1. in the executable,
|
||||
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
|
||||
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
|
||||
command line,
|
||||
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
|
||||
dlopen()ed.
|
||||
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
|
||||
either
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
|
||||
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
|
||||
linked to the executable at link time.
|
||||
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
|
||||
would be unacceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
|
||||
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
|
||||
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
|
||||
class methods called 'gettext'. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
|
||||
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
|
||||
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
|
||||
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Auxiliary macros. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
|
||||
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
|
||||
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define gettext libintl_gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
|
||||
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category);
|
||||
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n);
|
||||
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
|
||||
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
|
||||
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n,
|
||||
int __category))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset))
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
extern void
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* libintl.h */
|
@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
|
||||
the C library, however.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
|
||||
License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not,
|
||||
write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
|
||||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <features.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
__BEGIN_DECLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
|
||||
__const char *__msgid));
|
||||
extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
|
||||
__const char *__msgid));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
|
||||
__const char *__msgid, int __category));
|
||||
extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
|
||||
__const char *__msgid, int __category));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
|
||||
extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
|
||||
__const char *__dirname));
|
||||
extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
|
||||
__const char *__dirname));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Optimized version of the function above. */
|
||||
#if defined __OPTIMIZE__
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need NULL for `gettext'. */
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need LC_MESSAGES for `dgettext'. */
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* These must be macros. Inlined functions are useless because the
|
||||
`__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
|
||||
false. */
|
||||
|
||||
# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
|
||||
|
||||
# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
|
||||
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
|
||||
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
|
||||
/* Variable defined in loadmsgcat.c which gets incremented every time a
|
||||
new catalog is loaded. */
|
||||
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
# define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \
|
||||
(__extension__ \
|
||||
({ \
|
||||
char *__result; \
|
||||
if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
static char *__translation__; \
|
||||
static int __catalog_counter__; \
|
||||
if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
__translation__ = \
|
||||
__dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
|
||||
__catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
__result = __translation__; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
__result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \
|
||||
__result; \
|
||||
}))
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif /* Optimizing. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
__END_DECLS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* libintl.h */
|
@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
|
||||
# Copyright 1995, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
|
||||
# message set number. We use always set number 1.
|
||||
#
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
|
||||
h
|
||||
s/.*/0/
|
||||
x
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgid/ {
|
||||
s/msgid[ ]*"//
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This does not work now with the new format.
|
||||
# /"$/! {
|
||||
# s/\\$//
|
||||
# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
|
||||
# }
|
||||
x
|
||||
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||
:d
|
||||
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||
s/_/0/g
|
||||
x
|
||||
G
|
||||
s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The .msg file contains, other than the .po file, only the translations
|
||||
# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
|
||||
# each message we assign them to the messages.
|
||||
# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
|
||||
# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
|
||||
# of declarations must not be changed.)
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgstr/ {
|
||||
s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
|
||||
# Clear substitution flag.
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Append the next line.
|
||||
:b
|
||||
N
|
||||
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
|
||||
s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
|
||||
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||
ta
|
||||
P
|
||||
D
|
||||
# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
|
||||
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||
P
|
||||
# We cannot use D here.
|
||||
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||
tb
|
||||
}
|
||||
d
|
104
intl/loadinfo.h
104
intl/loadinfo.h
@ -1,29 +1,64 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
|
||||
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
|
||||
Implemented in
|
||||
|
||||
localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
|
||||
explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
|
||||
l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
|
||||
finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
|
||||
|
||||
The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
|
||||
in gettextP.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if __STDC__
|
||||
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
|
||||
almost always true or almost always false. */
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
|
||||
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
|
||||
#define CEN_REVISION 1
|
||||
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
|
||||
@ -50,9 +85,27 @@ struct loaded_l10nfile
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const unsigned char *codeset,
|
||||
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
|
||||
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
|
||||
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
|
||||
freed by the caller. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
|
||||
size_t name_len));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
|
||||
*L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
|
||||
files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
|
||||
DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
|
||||
look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
|
||||
MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
|
||||
SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
|
||||
produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix.
|
||||
The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
|
||||
or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
|
||||
If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
|
||||
its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
|
||||
furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
|
||||
results from which this lookup result inherits. */
|
||||
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
|
||||
_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
|
||||
@ -63,9 +116,29 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
|
||||
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
|
||||
const char *filename, int do_allocate));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
|
||||
NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
|
||||
The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
|
||||
territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
|
||||
NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
|
||||
there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
|
||||
*CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
|
||||
pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET
|
||||
gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
|
||||
this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
|
||||
The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
|
||||
filled-in value:
|
||||
XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER,
|
||||
TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
|
||||
XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
|
||||
XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
|
||||
CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL,
|
||||
CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR,
|
||||
CEN_REVISION for *REVISION.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
|
||||
const char **modifier,
|
||||
const char **territory,
|
||||
@ -74,3 +147,10 @@ extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
|
||||
const char **special,
|
||||
const char **sponsor,
|
||||
const char **revision));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
|
||||
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
|
||||
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
|
||||
extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* loadinfo.h */
|
||||
|
1200
intl/loadmsgcat.c
1200
intl/loadmsgcat.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
398
intl/localcharset.c
Normal file
398
intl/localcharset.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
|
||||
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "localcharset.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#if HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
|
||||
# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
|
||||
# define WIN32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __EMX__
|
||||
/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
|
||||
# define OS2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined WIN32
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
# include <langinfo.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#elif defined WIN32
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined OS2
|
||||
# define INCL_DOS
|
||||
# include <os2.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
# include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
|
||||
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ISSLASH
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef getc
|
||||
# define getc getc_unlocked
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
|
||||
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
|
||||
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
|
||||
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
|
||||
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
|
||||
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
|
||||
#if __STDC__ != 1
|
||||
# define volatile /* empty */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
|
||||
read, else NULL. Its format is:
|
||||
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
|
||||
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
get_charset_aliases ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
cp = charset_aliases;
|
||||
if (cp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
|
||||
const char *base = "charset.alias";
|
||||
char *file_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
|
||||
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
|
||||
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
|
||||
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
|
||||
if (file_name != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
|
||||
if (add_slash)
|
||||
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
|
||||
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Parse the file's contents. */
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
char buf1[50+1];
|
||||
char buf2[50+1];
|
||||
char *res_ptr = NULL;
|
||||
size_t res_size = 0;
|
||||
size_t l1, l2;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = getc (fp);
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (c == '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
|
||||
do
|
||||
c = getc (fp);
|
||||
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
|
||||
if (c == EOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ungetc (c, fp);
|
||||
if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
l1 = strlen (buf1);
|
||||
l2 = strlen (buf2);
|
||||
if (res_size == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
|
||||
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
|
||||
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (res_ptr == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
res_size = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
|
||||
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
if (res_size == 0)
|
||||
cp = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
|
||||
cp = res_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (file_name != NULL)
|
||||
free (file_name);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined VMS
|
||||
/* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
|
||||
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
/* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
|
||||
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
|
||||
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
|
||||
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
/* Japanese */
|
||||
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
|
||||
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
|
||||
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
|
||||
/* Chinese */
|
||||
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
|
||||
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
|
||||
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
|
||||
/* Korean */
|
||||
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined WIN32
|
||||
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
|
||||
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
|
||||
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
|
||||
|
||||
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
|
||||
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
|
||||
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
|
||||
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
|
||||
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
charset_aliases = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
|
||||
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
|
||||
name. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
locale_charset ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *codeset;
|
||||
const char *aliases;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
|
||||
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
|
||||
const char *locale = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
|
||||
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
|
||||
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
|
||||
locale name the user has set. */
|
||||
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
|
||||
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
|
||||
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
|
||||
through the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
codeset = locale;
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined OS2
|
||||
|
||||
const char *locale;
|
||||
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
|
||||
ULONG cp[3];
|
||||
ULONG cplen;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
|
||||
with standard language environment variables. */
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
|
||||
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
|
||||
locale = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
|
||||
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
|
||||
|
||||
if (dot != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *modifier;
|
||||
|
||||
dot++;
|
||||
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
|
||||
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
|
||||
if (modifier == NULL)
|
||||
return dot;
|
||||
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
|
||||
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
|
||||
codeset = locale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
|
||||
if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
|
||||
codeset = "";
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
|
||||
codeset = buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (codeset == NULL)
|
||||
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
|
||||
codeset = "";
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve alias. */
|
||||
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
|
||||
*aliases != '\0';
|
||||
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
|
||||
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|
||||
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
|
||||
the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
|
||||
thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
|
||||
if (codeset[0] == '\0')
|
||||
codeset = "ASCII";
|
||||
|
||||
return codeset;
|
||||
}
|
42
intl/localcharset.h
Normal file
42
intl/localcharset.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
|
||||
#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
|
||||
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
|
||||
name. */
|
||||
extern const char * locale_charset (void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
|
78
intl/locale.alias
Normal file
78
intl/locale.alias
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
# Locale name alias data base.
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
# Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
|
||||
# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
|
||||
# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
|
||||
# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
|
||||
# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
|
||||
# All entries are case independent.
|
||||
|
||||
# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
|
||||
# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
|
||||
# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
|
||||
# bugs@gnu.org.
|
||||
|
||||
# Packages using this file:
|
||||
|
||||
bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
|
||||
hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
|
||||
hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
japanese ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
|
||||
japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
|
||||
korean ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
|
||||
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
|
||||
nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
|
||||
slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
|
||||
spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
|
||||
thai th_TH.TIS-620
|
||||
turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
|
@ -1,20 +1,27 @@
|
||||
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
@ -22,56 +29,45 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
# include <stdio_ext.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# undef alloca
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# define alloca _alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
char *getenv ();
|
||||
# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
void free ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# ifndef strchr
|
||||
# define strchr index
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettext.h"
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
# include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
@ -80,8 +76,11 @@ void free ();
|
||||
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
|
||||
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
|
||||
|
||||
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
|
||||
# ifndef mempcpy
|
||||
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
|
||||
# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
@ -89,41 +88,36 @@ void free ();
|
||||
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
|
||||
/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
|
||||
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
|
||||
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
|
||||
some additional code emulating it. */
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
/* Nothing has to be done. */
|
||||
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
|
||||
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
|
||||
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
struct block_list
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *address;
|
||||
struct block_list *next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
|
||||
/* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
|
||||
the list. */ \
|
||||
if (newp != NULL) { \
|
||||
newp->address = (addr); \
|
||||
newp->next = (list); \
|
||||
(list) = newp; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
while (list != NULL) { \
|
||||
struct block_list *old = list; \
|
||||
list = list->next; \
|
||||
free (old); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while (0)
|
||||
# undef alloca
|
||||
# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
|
||||
#endif /* have alloca */
|
||||
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
|
||||
# define freea(p) free (p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef fgets
|
||||
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
|
||||
# undef feof
|
||||
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct alias_map
|
||||
@ -133,18 +127,22 @@ struct alias_map
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static char *string_space = NULL;
|
||||
static size_t string_space_act = 0;
|
||||
static size_t string_space_max = 0;
|
||||
static struct alias_map *map;
|
||||
static size_t nmap = 0;
|
||||
static size_t maxmap = 0;
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
|
||||
static size_t string_space_act;
|
||||
static size_t string_space_max;
|
||||
libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
|
||||
static size_t nmap;
|
||||
static size_t maxmap;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
|
||||
static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
|
||||
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
|
||||
const struct alias_map *map2));
|
||||
|
||||
@ -153,7 +151,7 @@ const char *
|
||||
_nl_expand_alias (name)
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
static const char *locale_alias_path;
|
||||
struct alias_map *retval;
|
||||
const char *result = NULL;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
@ -162,6 +160,9 @@ _nl_expand_alias (name)
|
||||
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
|
||||
locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct alias_map item;
|
||||
@ -190,11 +191,12 @@ _nl_expand_alias (name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *start;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
start = locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
|
||||
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
|
||||
&& locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
|
||||
++locale_alias_path;
|
||||
|
||||
if (start < locale_alias_path)
|
||||
@ -217,16 +219,12 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||
const char *fname;
|
||||
int fname_len;
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
char *full_fname;
|
||||
size_t added;
|
||||
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
|
||||
|
||||
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname);
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
|
||||
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
|
||||
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
@ -235,60 +233,52 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
|
||||
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
|
||||
freea (full_fname);
|
||||
if (fp == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
|
||||
/* No threads present. */
|
||||
__fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
added = 0;
|
||||
while (!feof (fp))
|
||||
while (!FEOF (fp))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
|
||||
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
|
||||
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
|
||||
be that long
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char buf[BUFSIZ];
|
||||
unsigned char *alias;
|
||||
unsigned char *value;
|
||||
unsigned char *cp;
|
||||
We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
|
||||
stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
|
||||
memory. */
|
||||
char buf[400];
|
||||
char *alias;
|
||||
char *value;
|
||||
char *cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* EOF reached. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
|
||||
the rest of the line. */
|
||||
if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
|
||||
do
|
||||
if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
|
||||
will exit at the `feof' test. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cp = buf;
|
||||
/* Ignore leading white space. */
|
||||
while (isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
alias = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate alias name. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
|
||||
while (isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cp[0] != '\0')
|
||||
@ -297,7 +287,7 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||
size_t value_len;
|
||||
|
||||
value = cp++;
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
|
||||
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
|
||||
++cp;
|
||||
/* Terminate value. */
|
||||
if (cp[0] == '\n')
|
||||
@ -312,7 +302,8 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||
*cp++ = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
if (nmap >= maxmap)
|
||||
extend_alias_table ();
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
|
||||
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
|
||||
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
|
||||
@ -325,10 +316,19 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
|
||||
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
|
||||
if (new_pool == NULL)
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
|
||||
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
|
||||
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
string_space = new_pool;
|
||||
string_space_max = new_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -345,6 +345,14 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||
++added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
|
||||
the rest of the line. */
|
||||
while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
|
||||
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
|
||||
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
|
||||
will exit at the `feof' test. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
|
||||
@ -355,12 +363,11 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
|
||||
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
|
||||
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
|
||||
|
||||
FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
|
||||
return added;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
static int
|
||||
extend_alias_table ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t new_size;
|
||||
@ -371,26 +378,14 @@ extend_alias_table ()
|
||||
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
|
||||
if (new_map == NULL)
|
||||
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
|
||||
return;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
map = new_map;
|
||||
maxmap = new_size;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
|
||||
free_mem (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (string_space != NULL)
|
||||
free (string_space);
|
||||
if (map != NULL)
|
||||
free (map);
|
||||
}
|
||||
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
alias_compare (map1, map2)
|
||||
const struct alias_map *map1;
|
||||
|
772
intl/localename.c
Normal file
772
intl/localename.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
|
||||
/* Determine the current selected locale.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */
|
||||
/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
|
||||
# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
|
||||
# define WIN32
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
|
||||
# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
|
||||
# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
|
||||
# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_AZERI
|
||||
# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
|
||||
# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
|
||||
# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
|
||||
# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI
|
||||
# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
|
||||
# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_FARSI
|
||||
# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
|
||||
# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
|
||||
# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_HINDI
|
||||
# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
|
||||
# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
|
||||
# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
|
||||
# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
|
||||
# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ
|
||||
# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_MALAY
|
||||
# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
|
||||
# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
|
||||
# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
|
||||
# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
|
||||
# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
|
||||
# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
|
||||
# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
|
||||
# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
|
||||
# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
|
||||
# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
|
||||
# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC
|
||||
# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
|
||||
# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_TATAR
|
||||
# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
|
||||
# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_THAI
|
||||
# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
|
||||
# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_URDU
|
||||
# define LANG_URDU 0x20
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
|
||||
# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
|
||||
# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
|
||||
# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
|
||||
"Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
|
||||
setting of 'local'."
|
||||
However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
|
||||
ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
|
||||
those using GNU C Library). */
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
|
||||
# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
|
||||
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
|
||||
The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
|
||||
should be used for codeset information instead.
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname)
|
||||
int category;
|
||||
const char *categoryname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *retval;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WIN32
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
|
||||
On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
|
||||
retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
|
||||
retval = getenv (categoryname);
|
||||
if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
|
||||
/* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
|
||||
implementation defined. */
|
||||
retval = "C";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* WIN32 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
|
||||
Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
|
||||
context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
|
||||
codeset. */
|
||||
|
||||
LCID lcid;
|
||||
LANGID langid;
|
||||
int primary, sub;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Let the user override the system settings through environment
|
||||
variables, as on POSIX systems. */
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
retval = getenv (categoryname);
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
retval = getenv ("LANG");
|
||||
if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */
|
||||
lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */
|
||||
langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Split into language and territory part. */
|
||||
primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
|
||||
sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Dispatch on language.
|
||||
See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html .
|
||||
For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */
|
||||
switch (primary)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
|
||||
case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
|
||||
case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET";
|
||||
case LANG_ARABIC:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "ar";
|
||||
case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
|
||||
case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
|
||||
case LANG_AZERI:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */
|
||||
case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "az";
|
||||
case LANG_BASQUE:
|
||||
return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */
|
||||
case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
|
||||
case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN";
|
||||
case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
|
||||
case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM";
|
||||
case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH";
|
||||
case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
|
||||
case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US";
|
||||
case LANG_CHINESE:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "zh";
|
||||
case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
|
||||
* What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
|
||||
* should really now be two separate
|
||||
* languages because of political reasons.
|
||||
* (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
|
||||
* or Croatian.)
|
||||
* (I can feel those flames coming already.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "hr";
|
||||
case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
|
||||
case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
|
||||
case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV";
|
||||
case LANG_DUTCH:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "nl";
|
||||
case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG";
|
||||
case LANG_ENGLISH:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
|
||||
* English was the language spoken in England.
|
||||
* Oh well.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "en";
|
||||
case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
|
||||
case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
|
||||
case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
|
||||
case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
|
||||
case LANG_FRENCH:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "fr";
|
||||
case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL";
|
||||
case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG";
|
||||
case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB";
|
||||
case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "C";
|
||||
case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES";
|
||||
case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
|
||||
case LANG_GERMAN:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "de";
|
||||
case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
|
||||
case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY";
|
||||
case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
|
||||
case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG";
|
||||
case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */
|
||||
/* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers)
|
||||
or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */
|
||||
return "cpe_US";
|
||||
case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
|
||||
case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
|
||||
case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
|
||||
case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG";
|
||||
case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
|
||||
case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG";
|
||||
case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
|
||||
case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA";
|
||||
case LANG_ITALIAN:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "it";
|
||||
case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
|
||||
case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
|
||||
case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG";
|
||||
case LANG_KASHMIRI:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "ks";
|
||||
case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
|
||||
case LANG_KONKANI:
|
||||
/* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
|
||||
return "kok_IN";
|
||||
case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
|
||||
case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG";
|
||||
case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA";
|
||||
case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA";
|
||||
case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
|
||||
case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
|
||||
case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
|
||||
case LANG_MALAY:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "ms";
|
||||
case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
|
||||
case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT";
|
||||
case LANG_MANIPURI:
|
||||
/* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
|
||||
return "mni_IN";
|
||||
case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
|
||||
case LANG_MONGOLIAN:
|
||||
return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */
|
||||
case LANG_NEPALI:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "ne";
|
||||
case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "no";
|
||||
case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
|
||||
case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET";
|
||||
case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN";
|
||||
case 0x63: /* PASHTO */
|
||||
return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */
|
||||
case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
|
||||
case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
|
||||
/* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
|
||||
Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
|
||||
case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "pt";
|
||||
case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN";
|
||||
case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH";
|
||||
case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO";
|
||||
case LANG_RUSSIAN:
|
||||
return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */
|
||||
case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO";
|
||||
case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
|
||||
case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd";
|
||||
case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK";
|
||||
case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
|
||||
case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
|
||||
case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO";
|
||||
case LANG_SORBIAN:
|
||||
/* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
|
||||
return "wen_DE";
|
||||
case LANG_SPANISH:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
|
||||
return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "es";
|
||||
case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ";
|
||||
case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE";
|
||||
case LANG_SWEDISH:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "sv";
|
||||
case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */
|
||||
case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH";
|
||||
case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ";
|
||||
case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA";
|
||||
case LANG_TAMIL:
|
||||
return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */
|
||||
case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU";
|
||||
case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
|
||||
case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
|
||||
case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN";
|
||||
case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET";
|
||||
case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA";
|
||||
case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
|
||||
case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM";
|
||||
case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
|
||||
case LANG_URDU:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "ur";
|
||||
case LANG_UZBEK:
|
||||
switch (sub)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */
|
||||
case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin";
|
||||
case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
|
||||
}
|
||||
return "uz";
|
||||
case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA";
|
||||
case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
|
||||
case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB";
|
||||
case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA";
|
||||
case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN";
|
||||
case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL";
|
||||
case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG";
|
||||
case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA";
|
||||
default: return "C";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
104
intl/log.c
Normal file
104
intl/log.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
|
||||
/* Log file output.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
print_escaped (stream, str)
|
||||
FILE *stream;
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
{
|
||||
putc ('"', stream);
|
||||
for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
|
||||
if (*str == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
|
||||
if (str[1] == '\0')
|
||||
return;
|
||||
fputs ("\n\"", stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
|
||||
putc ('\\', stream);
|
||||
putc (*str, stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
putc ('"', stream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural)
|
||||
const char *logfilename;
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
const char *msgid1;
|
||||
const char *msgid2;
|
||||
int plural;
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
|
||||
static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
|
||||
FILE *logfile;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
|
||||
if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Close the last used logfile. */
|
||||
if (last_logfilename != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (last_logfile != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fclose (last_logfile);
|
||||
last_logfile = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (last_logfilename);
|
||||
last_logfilename = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Open the logfile. */
|
||||
last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
|
||||
if (last_logfilename == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
|
||||
last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
|
||||
if (last_logfile == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
logfile = last_logfile;
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
|
||||
if (plural)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
|
||||
print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
|
||||
putc ('\n', logfile);
|
||||
}
|
68
intl/ngettext.c
Normal file
68
intl/ngettext.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __need_NULL
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
|
||||
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
|
||||
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
|
||||
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
char *
|
||||
NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
|
||||
const char *msgid1;
|
||||
const char *msgid2;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
|
||||
weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
|
||||
#endif
|
24
intl/osdep.c
Normal file
24
intl/osdep.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined __EMX__
|
||||
# include "os2compat.c"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
#endif
|
156
intl/plural-exp.c
Normal file
156
intl/plural-exp.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "plural-exp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
|
||||
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
|
||||
|
||||
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
|
||||
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
|
||||
static const struct expression plvar =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 0,
|
||||
.operation = var,
|
||||
};
|
||||
static const struct expression plone =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 0,
|
||||
.operation = num,
|
||||
.val =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.num = 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.nargs = 2,
|
||||
.operation = not_equal,
|
||||
.val =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.args =
|
||||
{
|
||||
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
|
||||
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
|
||||
Initialization at run-time. */
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression plvar;
|
||||
static struct expression plone;
|
||||
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
init_germanic_plural ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (plone.val.num == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
plvar.nargs = 0;
|
||||
plvar.operation = var;
|
||||
|
||||
plone.nargs = 0;
|
||||
plone.operation = num;
|
||||
plone.val.num = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
|
||||
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
|
||||
const char *nullentry;
|
||||
struct expression **pluralp;
|
||||
unsigned long int *npluralsp;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (nullentry != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *plural;
|
||||
const char *nplurals;
|
||||
|
||||
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
|
||||
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
|
||||
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *endp;
|
||||
unsigned long int n;
|
||||
struct parse_args args;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First get the number. */
|
||||
nplurals += 9;
|
||||
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
|
||||
++nplurals;
|
||||
if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
|
||||
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
|
||||
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if (nplurals == endp)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
*npluralsp = n;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
|
||||
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
|
||||
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
|
||||
is passed down to the parser. */
|
||||
plural += 7;
|
||||
args.cp = plural;
|
||||
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
|
||||
goto no_plural;
|
||||
*pluralp = args.res;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
|
||||
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
|
||||
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
|
||||
no_plural:
|
||||
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
|
||||
*pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
|
||||
*npluralsp = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
126
intl/plural-exp.h
Normal file
126
intl/plural-exp.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
||||
/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
|
||||
#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PARAMS
|
||||
# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) args
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define PARAMS(args) ()
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef attribute_hidden
|
||||
# define attribute_hidden
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
|
||||
plural form. */
|
||||
struct expression
|
||||
{
|
||||
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
|
||||
enum operator
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Without arguments: */
|
||||
var, /* The variable "n". */
|
||||
num, /* Decimal number. */
|
||||
/* Unary operators: */
|
||||
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
|
||||
/* Binary operators: */
|
||||
mult, /* Multiplication. */
|
||||
divide, /* Division. */
|
||||
module, /* Modulo operation. */
|
||||
plus, /* Addition. */
|
||||
minus, /* Subtraction. */
|
||||
less_than, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
|
||||
equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
|
||||
not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
|
||||
land, /* Logical AND. */
|
||||
lor, /* Logical OR. */
|
||||
/* Ternary operators: */
|
||||
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
|
||||
} operation;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
|
||||
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
|
||||
} val;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
|
||||
the result in a thread-safe way. */
|
||||
struct parse_args
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *cp;
|
||||
struct expression *res;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
|
||||
1. in the GNU C Library library,
|
||||
2. in the GNU libintl library,
|
||||
3. in the GNU gettext tools.
|
||||
The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
|
||||
binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
|
||||
1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
|
||||
2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
|
||||
must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
|
||||
So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
|
||||
#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
|
||||
# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
|
||||
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
|
||||
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg));
|
||||
extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
|
||||
extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry,
|
||||
struct expression **pluralp,
|
||||
unsigned long int *npluralsp))
|
||||
internal_function;
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
|
||||
extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
|
||||
unsigned long int n));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
|
1518
intl/plural.c
Normal file
1518
intl/plural.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
409
intl/plural.y
Normal file
409
intl/plural.y
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
|
||||
%{
|
||||
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
|
||||
declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
|
||||
skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
|
||||
because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
|
||||
#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "plural-exp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
|
||||
but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBC
|
||||
# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
|
||||
#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
|
||||
%}
|
||||
%pure_parser
|
||||
%expect 7
|
||||
|
||||
%union {
|
||||
unsigned long int num;
|
||||
enum operator op;
|
||||
struct expression *exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%{
|
||||
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
|
||||
static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
|
||||
struct expression * const *args));
|
||||
static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
|
||||
static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
|
||||
struct expression *right));
|
||||
static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
|
||||
struct expression *left,
|
||||
struct expression *right));
|
||||
static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
|
||||
struct expression *bexp,
|
||||
struct expression *tbranch,
|
||||
struct expression *fbranch));
|
||||
static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
|
||||
static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocation of expressions. */
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp (nargs, op, args)
|
||||
int nargs;
|
||||
enum operator op;
|
||||
struct expression * const *args;
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
struct expression *newp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
if (args[i] == NULL)
|
||||
goto fail;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new expression. */
|
||||
newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
|
||||
if (newp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
newp->nargs = nargs;
|
||||
newp->operation = op;
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
|
||||
return newp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fail:
|
||||
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_0 (op)
|
||||
enum operator op;
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_1 (op, right)
|
||||
enum operator op;
|
||||
struct expression *right;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[1];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = right;
|
||||
return new_exp (1, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
|
||||
enum operator op;
|
||||
struct expression *left;
|
||||
struct expression *right;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[2];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = left;
|
||||
args[1] = right;
|
||||
return new_exp (2, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline struct expression *
|
||||
new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
|
||||
enum operator op;
|
||||
struct expression *bexp;
|
||||
struct expression *tbranch;
|
||||
struct expression *fbranch;
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct expression *args[3];
|
||||
|
||||
args[0] = bexp;
|
||||
args[1] = tbranch;
|
||||
args[2] = fbranch;
|
||||
return new_exp (3, op, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
|
||||
precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
|
||||
There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
|
||||
Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
|
||||
token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
|
||||
%right '?' /* ? */
|
||||
%left '|' /* || */
|
||||
%left '&' /* && */
|
||||
%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
|
||||
%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
|
||||
%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
|
||||
%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
|
||||
%right '!' /* ! */
|
||||
|
||||
%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
|
||||
%token <num> NUMBER
|
||||
%type <exp> exp
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
start: exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ($1 == NULL)
|
||||
YYABORT;
|
||||
((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp '|' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp '&' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp EQUOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp CMPOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp ADDOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| exp MULOP2 exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| '!' exp
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| 'n'
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = new_exp_0 (var);
|
||||
}
|
||||
| NUMBER
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
|
||||
$$->val.num = $1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
| '(' exp ')'
|
||||
{
|
||||
$$ = $2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
%%
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
|
||||
struct expression *exp;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (exp == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Handle the recursive case. */
|
||||
switch (exp->nargs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (exp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
yylex (lval, pexp)
|
||||
YYSTYPE *lval;
|
||||
const char **pexp;
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *exp = *pexp;
|
||||
int result;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pexp = exp;
|
||||
return YYEOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
result = *exp++;
|
||||
switch (result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
|
||||
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int n = result - '0';
|
||||
while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
n *= 10;
|
||||
n += exp[0] - '0';
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lval->num = n;
|
||||
result = NUMBER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '=':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = equal;
|
||||
result = EQUOP2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '!':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = not_equal;
|
||||
result = EQUOP2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '&':
|
||||
case '|':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == result)
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
else
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '<':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = less_or_equal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
lval->op = less_than;
|
||||
result = CMPOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '>':
|
||||
if (exp[0] == '=')
|
||||
{
|
||||
++exp;
|
||||
lval->op = greater_or_equal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
lval->op = greater_than;
|
||||
result = CMPOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '*':
|
||||
lval->op = mult;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '/':
|
||||
lval->op = divide;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '%':
|
||||
lval->op = module;
|
||||
result = MULOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '+':
|
||||
lval->op = plus;
|
||||
result = ADDOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case '-':
|
||||
lval->op = minus;
|
||||
result = ADDOP2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 'n':
|
||||
case '?':
|
||||
case ':':
|
||||
case '(':
|
||||
case ')':
|
||||
/* Nothing, just return the character. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ';':
|
||||
case '\n':
|
||||
case '\0':
|
||||
/* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
|
||||
--exp;
|
||||
result = YYEOF;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
result = YYERRCODE;
|
||||
#if YYDEBUG != 0
|
||||
--exp;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*pexp = exp;
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
yyerror (str)
|
||||
const char *str;
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\
|
||||
\
|
||||
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
|
||||
# include <config.h>\
|
||||
#endif\
|
||||
\
|
||||
#include "libgettext.h"\
|
||||
\
|
||||
const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
|
||||
h
|
||||
s/.*/0/
|
||||
x
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Write msgid entries in C array form.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgid/ {
|
||||
s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Append the next line
|
||||
:b
|
||||
N
|
||||
# Look whether second part is continuation line.
|
||||
s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
|
||||
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||
ta
|
||||
# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
|
||||
# just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore
|
||||
# it.
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
|
||||
bc
|
||||
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||
P
|
||||
# We cannot use D here.
|
||||
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||
# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
|
||||
# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Not reached
|
||||
:c
|
||||
x
|
||||
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||
:d
|
||||
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||
s/_/0/g
|
||||
x
|
||||
G
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
|
||||
s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
|
||||
p
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Last line.
|
||||
#
|
||||
$ {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
};\
|
||||
|
||||
g
|
||||
s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
|
||||
}
|
||||
d
|
439
intl/relocatable.c
Normal file
439
intl/relocatable.c
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
|
||||
/* Provide relocatable packages.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
|
||||
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
|
||||
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include "config.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "relocatable.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
# define xmalloc malloc
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "xmalloc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
|
||||
# include <libcharset.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
# include <iconv.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
|
||||
#undef bool
|
||||
#undef false
|
||||
#undef true
|
||||
#define bool int
|
||||
#define false 0
|
||||
#define true 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pathname support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
|
||||
IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
|
||||
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
|
||||
&& (P)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
|
||||
(strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
|
||||
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
|
||||
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Original installation prefix. */
|
||||
static char *orig_prefix;
|
||||
static size_t orig_prefix_len;
|
||||
/* Current installation prefix. */
|
||||
static char *curr_prefix;
|
||||
static size_t curr_prefix_len;
|
||||
/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
|
||||
to them must start with a slash. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
|
||||
/* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
|
||||
relocation is a nop. */
|
||||
&& strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Duplicate the argument strings. */
|
||||
char *memory;
|
||||
|
||||
orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
|
||||
curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (memory != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
orig_prefix = memory;
|
||||
memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
|
||||
memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
curr_prefix = memory;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
orig_prefix = NULL;
|
||||
curr_prefix = NULL;
|
||||
/* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
|
||||
called once. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
void
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
|
||||
libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
|
||||
libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convenience function:
|
||||
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
|
||||
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
|
||||
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
|
||||
#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
|
||||
static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir,
|
||||
const char *curr_pathname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *curr_installdir;
|
||||
const char *rel_installdir;
|
||||
|
||||
if (curr_pathname == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
|
||||
This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
|
||||
orig_installdir. */
|
||||
if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
|
||||
!= 0)
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the current installation directory. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
|
||||
const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
|
||||
char *q;
|
||||
|
||||
while (p > p_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
p--;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*p))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (q == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
|
||||
q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
|
||||
curr_installdir = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
|
||||
rel_installdir from it. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
|
||||
const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
|
||||
const char *cp_base =
|
||||
curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
|
||||
|
||||
while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool same = false;
|
||||
const char *rpi = rp;
|
||||
const char *cpi = cp;
|
||||
|
||||
while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rpi--;
|
||||
cpi--;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
|
||||
same = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
|
||||
if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
|
||||
!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (*rpi != *cpi)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!same)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
/* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
|
||||
to the slash before it. */
|
||||
rp = rpi;
|
||||
cp = cpi;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (rp > rel_installdir)
|
||||
/* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
|
||||
char *curr_prefix;
|
||||
|
||||
curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (curr_prefix == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
|
||||
curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
return curr_prefix;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
|
||||
static char *shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
|
||||
|
||||
BOOL WINAPI
|
||||
DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
|
||||
{
|
||||
(void) reserved;
|
||||
|
||||
if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
|
||||
static char location[MAX_PATH];
|
||||
|
||||
if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
|
||||
/* Shouldn't happen. */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* Unix */
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
find_shared_library_fullname ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef __linux__
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
|
||||
fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
|
||||
if (fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long start, end;
|
||||
int c;
|
||||
|
||||
if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
|
||||
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (c == '/')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t size;
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
|
||||
ungetc (c, fp);
|
||||
shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
|
||||
len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
|
||||
if (len >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
|
||||
if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
|
||||
shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fclose (fp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
|
||||
Return NULL if unknown.
|
||||
Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */
|
||||
static char *
|
||||
get_shared_library_fullname ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
|
||||
static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
find_shared_library_fullname ();
|
||||
tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return shared_library_fullname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* PIC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
|
||||
directory. */
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
relocate (const char *pathname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
|
||||
static int initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialization code for a shared library. */
|
||||
if (!initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
|
||||
set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
|
||||
function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
|
||||
initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
|
||||
better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
|
||||
in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
|
||||
to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
|
||||
orig_prefix. */
|
||||
const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix_better;
|
||||
|
||||
curr_prefix_better =
|
||||
compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
|
||||
get_shared_library_fullname ());
|
||||
if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
|
||||
curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
|
||||
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
|
||||
|
||||
initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
|
||||
even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
|
||||
typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
|
||||
from. */
|
||||
if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
|
||||
&& strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
|
||||
/* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
|
||||
return curr_prefix;
|
||||
if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
|
||||
const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
|
||||
char *result =
|
||||
(char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
|
||||
strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Nothing to relocate. */
|
||||
return pathname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
67
intl/relocatable.h
Normal file
67
intl/relocatable.h
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
||||
/* Provide relocatable packages.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
|
||||
#define _RELOCATABLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
|
||||
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
in any case. */
|
||||
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
|
||||
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
|
||||
directory. */
|
||||
extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
|
||||
a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
|
||||
relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convenience function:
|
||||
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
|
||||
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
|
||||
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
|
||||
extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
|
||||
const char *orig_installdir,
|
||||
const char *curr_pathname);
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
|
||||
#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
|
@ -1,51 +1,60 @@
|
||||
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
|
||||
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
|
||||
USA. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <strings.h>
|
||||
# ifndef memcpy
|
||||
# define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
# include <libintl.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "libgettext.h"
|
||||
# include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include "gettextP.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
|
||||
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
|
||||
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
|
||||
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
|
||||
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
|
||||
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
|
||||
#if !defined _LIBC
|
||||
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
|
||||
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of the default text domain. */
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
|
||||
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
|
||||
@ -58,9 +67,12 @@ extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
|
||||
# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
|
||||
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
@ -68,38 +80,60 @@ char *
|
||||
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
|
||||
const char *domainname;
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *old;
|
||||
char *new_domain;
|
||||
char *old_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
|
||||
if (domainname == NULL)
|
||||
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
|
||||
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|
||||
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||
{
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
|
||||
new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
|
||||
/* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
|
||||
environment variable changed. */
|
||||
new_domain = old_domain;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
|
||||
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
|
||||
are out of core. */
|
||||
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = strdup (domainname);
|
||||
new_domain = strdup (domainname);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
|
||||
char *cp = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (cp != NULL)
|
||||
memcpy (cp, domainname, len);
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = cp;
|
||||
new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (old != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||
free (old);
|
||||
/* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
|
||||
since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
|
||||
to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
|
||||
if (new_domain != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
||||
|
||||
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
|
||||
if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
|
||||
free (old_domain);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
return new_domain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
|
@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
|
||||
# Copyright 1995, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
|
||||
# message set number. We use always set number 1.
|
||||
#
|
||||
1 {
|
||||
i\
|
||||
$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
|
||||
h
|
||||
s/.*/0/
|
||||
x
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgid/ {
|
||||
# Does not work now
|
||||
# /"$/! {
|
||||
# s/\\$//
|
||||
# s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
|
||||
# }
|
||||
s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
|
||||
p
|
||||
}
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The .msg file contains, other than the .po file, only the translations
|
||||
# but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
|
||||
# each message we assign them to the messages.
|
||||
# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
|
||||
# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order
|
||||
# of declarations must not be changed.)
|
||||
#
|
||||
/^msgstr/ {
|
||||
s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
|
||||
x
|
||||
# The following nice solution is by
|
||||
# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
|
||||
# First hide trailing `9' digits.
|
||||
:d
|
||||
s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
|
||||
td
|
||||
# Assure at least one digit is available.
|
||||
s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
|
||||
# Increment the last digit.
|
||||
s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
|
||||
s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
|
||||
s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
|
||||
s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
|
||||
s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
|
||||
s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
|
||||
s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
|
||||
s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
|
||||
s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
|
||||
# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
|
||||
s/_/0/g
|
||||
x
|
||||
# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
|
||||
G
|
||||
s/^[^\n]*$/& /
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
|
||||
# Clear flag from last substitution.
|
||||
tb
|
||||
# Append the next line.
|
||||
:b
|
||||
N
|
||||
# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
|
||||
s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
|
||||
# Yes, then branch.
|
||||
ta
|
||||
P
|
||||
D
|
||||
# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
|
||||
# We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'.
|
||||
:a
|
||||
s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
|
||||
P
|
||||
# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
|
||||
s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
|
||||
tb
|
||||
}
|
||||
d
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user